[gcc/testsuite]
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob6462c942b4d567b7331203fa51b42e7e4e60b434
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
880 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
881 stream @var{file}.\n\
883 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
884 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
885 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
886 default_asm_output_source_filename)
888 DEFHOOK
889 (output_addr_const_extra,
890 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
891 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
892 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
893 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
895 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
896 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
897 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
898 return @code{true}.",
899 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
900 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
902 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
903 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
904 initializers. */
905 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
906 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
908 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
910 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand,
914 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
915 default_print_operand)
917 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
918 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
919 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
920 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
921 (print_operand_address,
923 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
924 default_print_operand_address)
926 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
927 `print_operand' hook. */
928 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
929 not this hook. */
930 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
931 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
933 bool ,(unsigned char code),
934 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
936 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
938 DEFHOOK
939 (mangle_assembler_name,
940 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
941 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
942 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
943 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
944 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
945 tree, (const char *name),
946 default_mangle_assembler_name)
948 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
950 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
951 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
952 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
953 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
954 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
956 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
957 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
958 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_cost,
961 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
962 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
963 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
964 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
965 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
966 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
967 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
968 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
969 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
970 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
971 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
972 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
973 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
974 unsigned int dw),
975 NULL)
977 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
978 DEFHOOK
979 (adjust_priority,
980 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
981 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
982 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
983 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
984 scheduling priorities of insns.",
985 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
987 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
988 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
989 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
990 DEFHOOK
991 (issue_rate,
992 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
993 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
994 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
995 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
996 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
997 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
998 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
999 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1000 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1001 int, (void), NULL)
1003 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1004 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1005 DEFHOOK
1006 (variable_issue,
1007 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1008 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1009 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1010 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1011 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1012 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1013 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1014 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1015 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1016 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1017 was scheduled.",
1018 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1020 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1021 DEFHOOK
1022 (init,
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1024 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1025 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1026 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1027 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1028 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1029 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1032 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (finish,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1036 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1037 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1038 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1039 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1043 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (init_global,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1047 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1048 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1049 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1050 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1052 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1053 DEFHOOK
1054 (finish_global,
1055 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1057 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1058 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1060 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1061 places. Default does nothing. */
1062 DEFHOOK
1063 (reorder,
1064 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1065 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1066 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1068 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1069 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1070 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1071 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1072 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1073 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1074 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1075 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1076 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1077 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1078 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1080 DEFHOOK
1081 (reorder2,
1082 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1083 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1084 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1085 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1086 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1087 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1088 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1089 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1090 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1092 DEFHOOK
1093 (macro_fusion_p,
1094 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1095 bool, (void), NULL)
1097 DEFHOOK
1098 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1099 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1100 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1101 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1102 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1103 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1104 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1105 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1107 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1108 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1109 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1110 DEFHOOK
1111 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1112 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1113 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1114 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1115 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1116 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1117 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1118 calculated.",
1119 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1121 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1122 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1123 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1124 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1125 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1126 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1127 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1128 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1129 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1131 DEFHOOK
1132 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1133 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1134 void, (void), NULL)
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1139 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1140 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1141 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1142 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1143 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1144 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1145 rtx, (void), NULL)
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1150 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1151 void, (void), NULL)
1153 DEFHOOK
1154 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1155 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1156 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1157 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1158 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1160 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1161 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1162 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1163 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1165 DEFHOOK
1166 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1167 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1168 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1169 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1170 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1171 void, (void), NULL)
1173 DEFHOOK
1174 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1175 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1176 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1177 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1178 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1179 void, (void), NULL)
1181 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1182 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1183 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1184 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1185 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1186 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1187 insns on the same cycle. */
1188 DEFHOOK
1189 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1190 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1191 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1192 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1193 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1194 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1195 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1196 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1197 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1198 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1199 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1201 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1202 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1203 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1204 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1205 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1206 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1207 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1208 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1209 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1211 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1212 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1213 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1215 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1216 int, (void), NULL)
1218 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1219 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1220 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1221 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1222 DEFHOOK
1223 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1224 "\n\
1225 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1226 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1227 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1228 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1229 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1230 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1231 number of cycles.\n\
1232 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1233 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1234 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1236 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1237 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1239 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1240 scheduling.
1241 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1242 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1243 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1244 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1245 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1246 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1247 scheduling on current cycle. */
1248 DEFHOOK
1249 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1250 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1251 scheduling.",
1252 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1253 NULL)
1255 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1256 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1257 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1258 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1259 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1260 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1261 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1262 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1263 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1264 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1265 DEFHOOK
1266 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1267 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1268 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1269 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1271 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1272 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA.
1276 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1277 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1278 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1279 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1280 DEFHOOK
1281 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1282 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1283 an instruction.",
1284 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1286 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1287 round of multipass scheduling.
1288 DATA is a pointer.
1289 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1290 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1291 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1292 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1293 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1296 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1297 round of multipass scheduling.",
1298 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1300 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1301 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1302 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1303 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1304 described in DFA. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1307 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1308 void, (void *data), NULL)
1310 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1311 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1312 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1313 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1314 described in DFA. */
1315 DEFHOOK
1316 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1317 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1318 void, (void *data), NULL)
1320 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1321 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1322 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1323 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1324 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1325 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1326 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1327 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1328 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1329 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1330 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1331 DEFHOOK
1332 (dfa_new_cycle,
1333 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1334 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1335 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1336 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1337 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1338 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1339 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1340 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1341 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1342 and the current processor cycle.",
1343 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1344 int clock, int *sort_p),
1345 NULL)
1347 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1348 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1349 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1350 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1351 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1352 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1353 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1354 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1355 second insn (second parameter). */
1356 DEFHOOK
1357 (is_costly_dependence,
1358 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1359 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1360 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1361 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1362 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1363 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1364 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1365 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1366 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1367 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1369 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1370 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1371 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1372 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1373 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1374 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1375 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1376 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1378 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1379 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1380 that new instructions were emitted. */
1381 DEFHOOK
1382 (h_i_d_extended,
1383 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1384 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1385 per instruction data structures.",
1386 void, (void), NULL)
1388 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1390 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1391 DEFHOOK
1392 (alloc_sched_context,
1393 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1394 void *, (void), NULL)
1396 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1397 DEFHOOK
1398 (init_sched_context,
1399 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1400 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1401 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1402 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1404 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1405 DEFHOOK
1406 (set_sched_context,
1407 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1408 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1411 DEFHOOK
1412 (clear_sched_context,
1413 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1414 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1416 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1417 DEFHOOK
1418 (free_sched_context,
1419 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1420 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1422 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1423 by the insn scheduler.
1424 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1425 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1426 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1427 It should return
1428 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1429 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1430 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1431 generated one. */
1432 DEFHOOK
1433 (speculate_insn,
1434 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1435 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1436 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1437 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1438 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1439 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1440 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1441 the generated speculative pattern.",
1442 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1444 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1445 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1446 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1447 DEFHOOK
1448 (needs_block_p,
1449 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1450 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1451 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1452 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1455 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1456 instruction.
1457 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1458 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1459 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1460 is being performed. */
1461 DEFHOOK
1462 (gen_spec_check,
1463 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1464 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1465 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1466 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1467 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1468 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1469 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1470 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1471 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1473 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1474 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1475 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1476 DEFHOOK
1477 (set_sched_flags,
1478 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1479 enabled/used.\n\
1480 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1481 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1482 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1486 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1487 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1489 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1490 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1491 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1492 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (can_speculate_insn,
1496 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1497 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1498 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1499 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1500 should not be speculated.",
1501 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1503 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1504 (skip_rtx_p,
1505 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1506 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1507 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1509 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1510 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1511 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1512 to ddg variable. */
1513 DEFHOOK
1514 (sms_res_mii,
1515 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1516 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1517 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1518 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1519 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1520 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1521 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1523 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1524 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1525 parameters. */
1526 DEFHOOK
1527 (dispatch_do,
1528 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1529 in its second parameter.",
1530 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1531 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1533 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1534 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1535 as the second parameter is true. */
1536 DEFHOOK
1537 (dispatch,
1538 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1539 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1540 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1541 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1543 DEFHOOKPOD
1544 (exposed_pipeline,
1545 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1546 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1547 also the latencies of operations.",
1548 bool, false)
1550 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1551 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1552 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1553 DEFHOOK
1554 (reassociation_width,
1555 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1556 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1557 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1558 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1560 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1561 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1562 DEFHOOK
1563 (fusion_priority,
1564 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1565 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1566 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1568 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1569 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1570 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1571 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1572 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1573 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1575 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1576 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1577 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1578 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1579 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1580 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1581 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1582 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1583 instructions.\n\
1585 Given below example:\n\
1587 @smallexample\n\
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1590 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1591 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1592 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1596 @end smallexample\n\
1598 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1599 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1600 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1601 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1602 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1604 @smallexample\n\
1605 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1607 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1610 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1611 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1612 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1613 @end smallexample\n\
1615 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1616 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1617 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1619 @smallexample\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1621 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1622 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1623 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1624 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1625 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1626 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1627 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1628 @end smallexample\n\
1630 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1632 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1633 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1635 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1636 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1637 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1639 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1641 /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1642 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1643 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1644 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1646 DEFHOOK
1647 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1648 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1649 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1650 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1651 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1652 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1653 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1655 DEFHOOK
1656 (adjust,
1657 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1658 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1659 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1661 DEFHOOK
1662 (usable,
1663 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1664 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1665 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1666 to use it.",
1667 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1669 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1671 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1672 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1673 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1674 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1676 DEFHOOK
1677 (vf,
1678 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1679 int, (void), NULL)
1681 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1683 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1684 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1685 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1686 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1688 DEFHOOK
1689 (validate_dims,
1690 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1691 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1692 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1693 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1694 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1695 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1696 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1697 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1698 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1699 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1700 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1701 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1703 DEFHOOK
1704 (dim_limit,
1705 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1706 or zero if unbounded.",
1707 int, (int axis),
1708 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1710 DEFHOOK
1711 (fork_join,
1712 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1713 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1714 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1715 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1716 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1717 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1718 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1719 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1720 default_goacc_fork_join)
1722 DEFHOOK
1723 (reduction,
1724 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1725 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1726 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1727 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1728 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1729 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1730 void, (gcall *call),
1731 default_goacc_reduction)
1733 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1735 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1736 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1737 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1738 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1740 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1741 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1742 function. */
1743 DEFHOOK
1744 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1745 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1746 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1747 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1748 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1750 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1751 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1752 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1753 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1754 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1755 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1756 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1757 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1758 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1759 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1760 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1762 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1763 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1764 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1765 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1766 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1767 described above.\n\
1768 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1769 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1770 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1771 tree, (void), NULL)
1773 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1774 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1775 DEFHOOK
1776 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1777 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1778 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1779 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1780 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1785 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1786 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1789 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1790 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1791 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1796 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1797 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_conversion,
1800 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1801 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1802 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1803 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1804 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1806 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1807 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1808 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1809 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1810 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1812 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1815 DEFHOOK
1816 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1820 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1823 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1824 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1827 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1828 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1829 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1831 /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1832 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
1833 DEFHOOK
1834 (vec_perm_const_ok,
1835 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
1836 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
1837 NULL)
1839 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1840 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1841 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1842 DEFHOOK
1843 (support_vector_misalignment,
1844 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1845 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1846 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1847 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1848 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1849 bool,
1850 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1851 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1853 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1854 scalar mode. */
1855 DEFHOOK
1856 (preferred_simd_mode,
1857 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1858 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1859 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1860 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1861 machine_mode,
1862 (scalar_mode mode),
1863 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1865 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1866 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1867 DEFHOOK
1868 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1869 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1870 after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1871 mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1872 The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
1873 unsigned int,
1874 (void),
1875 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1877 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1878 DEFHOOK
1879 (get_mask_mode,
1880 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1881 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1882 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1883 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1884 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1886 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1887 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1888 if such a mode exists.",
1889 opt_machine_mode,
1890 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1891 default_get_mask_mode)
1893 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1894 DEFHOOK
1895 (builtin_gather,
1896 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1897 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1898 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1899 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1900 loads.",
1901 tree,
1902 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1903 NULL)
1905 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1906 DEFHOOK
1907 (builtin_scatter,
1908 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1909 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1910 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1911 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1912 stores.",
1913 tree,
1914 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1915 NULL)
1917 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1918 DEFHOOK
1919 (init_cost,
1920 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1921 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1922 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1923 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1924 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1925 "is being vectorized.",
1926 void *,
1927 (struct loop *loop_info),
1928 default_init_cost)
1930 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1931 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1932 block. */
1933 DEFHOOK
1934 (add_stmt_cost,
1935 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1936 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1937 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1938 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1939 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1940 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1941 "revised.",
1942 unsigned,
1943 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1944 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1945 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1946 default_add_stmt_cost)
1948 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1949 loop or block. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (finish_cost,
1952 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1953 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1954 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1955 "the three accumulators.",
1956 void,
1957 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1958 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1959 default_finish_cost)
1961 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1962 DEFHOOK
1963 (destroy_cost_data,
1964 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1965 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1966 "accumulator.",
1967 void,
1968 (void *data),
1969 default_destroy_cost_data)
1971 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1973 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1974 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1976 DEFHOOK
1977 (record_offload_symbol,
1978 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1979 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1980 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1981 void, (tree),
1982 hook_void_tree)
1984 DEFHOOKPOD
1985 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
1986 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1987 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1988 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1989 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1991 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1992 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1993 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1994 DEFHOOK
1995 (override_options_after_change,
1996 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1997 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1998 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1999 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2000 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2001 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2002 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2003 void, (void),
2004 hook_void_void)
2006 DEFHOOK
2007 (offload_options,
2008 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2009 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2010 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2011 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2012 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2013 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2015 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2016 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2017 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2018 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2019 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2021 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2022 DEFHOOK
2023 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2024 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2025 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2026 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2027 targets.",
2028 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2029 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2031 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2032 DEFHOOK
2033 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2034 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2035 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2036 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2037 targets.",
2038 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2039 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2041 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2042 DEFHOOK
2043 (unwind_word_mode,
2044 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2045 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2046 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2047 default_unwind_word_mode)
2049 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2050 DEFHOOK
2051 (merge_decl_attributes,
2052 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2053 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2054 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2055 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2056 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2057 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2058 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2060 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2061 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2062 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2063 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2064 will then define a function called\n\
2065 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2066 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2067 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2068 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2069 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2070 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2071 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2072 merge_decl_attributes)
2074 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2075 DEFHOOK
2076 (merge_type_attributes,
2077 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2078 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2079 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2080 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2081 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2082 merging.",
2083 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2084 merge_type_attributes)
2086 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2087 Ignored if NULL. */
2088 DEFHOOKPOD
2089 (attribute_table,
2090 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2091 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2092 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2093 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2094 take.",
2095 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2097 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2098 argument. */
2099 DEFHOOK
2100 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2101 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2102 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2103 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2104 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2105 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2106 bool, (const_tree name),
2107 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2109 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2110 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2111 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2112 DEFHOOK
2113 (comp_type_attributes,
2114 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2115 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2116 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2117 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2118 supposed always to be compatible.",
2119 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2120 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2122 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2123 DEFHOOK
2124 (set_default_type_attributes,
2125 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2126 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2127 void, (tree type),
2128 hook_void_tree)
2130 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2131 DEFHOOK
2132 (insert_attributes,
2133 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2134 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2135 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2136 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2137 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2138 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2139 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2140 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2141 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2142 needed.",
2143 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2144 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2146 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2147 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2148 DEFHOOK
2149 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2150 "@cindex inlining\n\
2151 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2152 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2153 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2154 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2155 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2156 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2158 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2159 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2160 DEFHOOK
2161 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2162 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2163 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2164 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2165 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2166 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2167 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2168 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2169 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2170 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2171 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2172 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2174 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2175 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2176 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2177 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2178 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2179 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2180 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2182 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2183 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2184 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2185 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2186 may affect its placement.",
2187 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2188 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2190 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2191 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2192 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2193 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2194 (words_big_endian,
2196 bool, (void),
2197 targhook_words_big_endian)
2199 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2200 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2201 (float_words_big_endian,
2203 bool, (void),
2204 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2206 DEFHOOK
2207 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2208 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2209 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2210 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2211 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2212 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2213 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2214 does not.",
2215 bool, (void),
2216 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2218 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2219 DEFHOOK
2220 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2221 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2222 bool, (void),
2223 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2225 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2226 DEFHOOK
2227 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2228 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2229 bool, (void),
2230 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2232 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (align_anon_bitfield,
2235 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2236 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2237 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2238 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2239 bool, (void),
2240 hook_bool_void_false)
2242 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2243 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2244 DEFHOOK
2245 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2246 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2247 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2248 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2250 The default is @code{false}.",
2251 bool, (void),
2252 hook_bool_void_false)
2254 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2255 DEFHOOK
2256 (init_builtins,
2257 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2258 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2259 necessary setup.\n\
2261 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2262 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2263 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2264 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2266 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2267 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2268 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2269 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2270 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2271 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2272 void, (void),
2273 hook_void_void)
2275 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2276 built-in function decl for CODE.
2277 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2278 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2279 DEFHOOK
2280 (builtin_decl,
2281 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2282 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2283 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2284 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2285 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2286 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2287 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2288 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2290 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2291 DEFHOOK
2292 (expand_builtin,
2293 "\n\
2294 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2295 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2296 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2297 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2298 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2299 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2300 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2301 built-in function.",
2302 rtx,
2303 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2304 default_expand_builtin)
2306 DEFHOOK
2307 (builtin_chkp_function,
2308 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2309 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2310 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2311 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2312 obtained using this hook:\n\
2313 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2314 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2315 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2316 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2317 @end deftypefn\n\
2319 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2320 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2321 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2322 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2323 @end deftypefn\n\
2325 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2326 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2327 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2328 address @var{loc}.\n\
2329 @end deftypefn\n\
2331 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2332 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2333 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2334 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2335 @end deftypefn\n\
2337 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2338 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2339 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2340 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2341 @end deftypefn\n\
2343 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2344 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2345 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2346 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2347 @end deftypefn\n\
2349 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2350 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2351 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2352 @end deftypefn\n\
2354 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2355 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2356 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2357 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2358 @end deftypefn\n\
2360 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2361 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2362 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2363 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2364 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2365 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2366 @end deftypefn\n\
2368 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2369 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2370 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2371 @end deftypefn\n\
2373 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2374 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2375 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2376 @end deftypefn",
2377 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2378 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2380 DEFHOOK
2381 (chkp_bound_type,
2382 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2383 tree, (void),
2384 default_chkp_bound_type)
2386 DEFHOOK
2387 (chkp_bound_mode,
2388 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2389 machine_mode, (void),
2390 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2392 DEFHOOK
2393 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2394 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2395 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2396 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2397 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2399 DEFHOOK
2400 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2401 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2402 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2403 the number of generated statements.",
2404 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2405 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2407 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2408 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2409 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2410 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2411 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2412 DEFHOOK
2413 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2414 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2415 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2416 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2417 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2418 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2419 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2420 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2421 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2422 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2423 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2425 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2426 and GENERIC. */
2427 DEFHOOK
2428 (fold_builtin,
2429 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2430 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2431 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2432 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2433 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2434 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2435 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2436 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2437 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2439 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2440 DEFHOOK
2441 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2442 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2443 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2444 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2445 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2446 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2447 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2449 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2450 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2451 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2452 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2453 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2454 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2455 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2456 and 0 if they are the same. */
2457 DEFHOOK
2458 (compare_version_priority,
2459 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2460 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2461 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2462 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2463 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2464 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2465 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2467 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2468 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2469 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2470 must be generated. */
2471 DEFHOOK
2472 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2473 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2474 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2475 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2476 body must be generated.",
2477 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2479 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2480 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2481 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2482 identical versions. */
2483 DEFHOOK
2484 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2485 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2486 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2487 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2488 identical versions.",
2489 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2491 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2492 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2493 DEFHOOK
2494 (builtin_reciprocal,
2495 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2496 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2497 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2498 tree, (tree fndecl),
2499 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2501 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2502 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2503 NULL. */
2504 DEFHOOK
2505 (mangle_type,
2506 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2507 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2508 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2509 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2510 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2511 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2512 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2513 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2514 string constant.\n\
2516 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2517 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2518 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2519 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2520 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2521 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2522 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2523 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2524 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2525 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2526 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2527 spaces in your string.\n\
2529 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2530 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2531 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2532 before mangling.\n\
2534 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2535 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2536 types.",
2537 const char *, (const_tree type),
2538 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2540 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2541 DEFHOOK
2542 (init_libfuncs,
2543 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2544 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2545 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2546 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2547 library routines.\n\
2549 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2550 void, (void),
2551 hook_void_void)
2553 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2554 DEFHOOKPOD
2555 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2556 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2557 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2558 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2559 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2560 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2561 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2562 bool, false)
2564 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2565 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2566 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2567 DEFHOOK
2568 (section_type_flags,
2569 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2570 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2571 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2572 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2574 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2575 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2576 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2577 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2578 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2579 default_section_type_flags)
2581 DEFHOOK
2582 (libc_has_function,
2583 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2584 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2585 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2586 default_libc_has_function)
2588 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2589 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2590 DEFHOOK
2591 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2592 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2593 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2594 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2595 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2597 @smallexample\n\
2598 static bool\n\
2599 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2600 @{\n\
2601 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2602 @}\n\
2603 @end smallexample",
2604 bool, (void),
2605 hook_bool_void_false)
2607 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2608 DEFHOOK
2609 (can_follow_jump,
2610 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2611 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2612 false, if it can't.\
2613 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2614 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2615 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2616 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2618 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2619 optimizations should be applied. */
2620 DEFHOOK
2621 (branch_target_register_class,
2622 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2623 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2624 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2625 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2626 to inter-block scheduling.",
2627 reg_class_t, (void),
2628 default_branch_target_register_class)
2630 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2631 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2632 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2633 already been generated. */
2634 DEFHOOK
2635 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2636 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2637 registers\n\
2638 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2639 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2640 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2641 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2642 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2643 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2644 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2645 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2646 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2647 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2648 hook_bool_bool_false)
2650 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (have_conditional_execution,
2653 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2654 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2655 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2656 bool, (void),
2657 default_have_conditional_execution)
2659 DEFHOOK
2660 (gen_ccmp_first,
2661 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2662 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2663 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2664 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2665 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2666 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2667 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2668 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2669 NULL)
2671 DEFHOOK
2672 (gen_ccmp_next,
2673 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2674 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2675 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2676 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2677 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2678 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2679 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2680 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2681 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2682 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2683 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2684 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2685 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2686 NULL)
2688 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2689 DEFHOOK
2690 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2691 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2692 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2693 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2694 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2695 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2696 number of memory accesses.",
2697 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2698 NULL)
2700 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2701 DEFHOOK
2702 (legitimate_constant_p,
2703 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2704 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2705 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2707 The default definition returns true.",
2708 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2709 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2711 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2712 DEFHOOK
2713 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2714 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2715 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2716 of @var{x}.\n\
2718 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2720 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2721 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2722 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2723 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2724 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2725 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2726 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2728 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2729 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2730 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2731 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2733 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2734 DEFHOOK
2735 (commutative_p,
2736 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2737 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2738 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2739 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2740 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2741 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2743 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2744 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2745 DEFHOOK
2746 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2747 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2748 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2749 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2750 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2751 but not others.\n\
2753 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2754 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2755 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2756 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2758 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2760 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2761 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2762 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2764 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2765 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2766 DEFHOOK
2767 (legitimize_address,
2768 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2769 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2770 address.\n\
2772 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2773 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2774 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2775 @var{x}.\n\
2777 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2778 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2779 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2781 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2782 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2783 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2784 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2785 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2786 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2787 strategy can generate better code.",
2788 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2789 default_legitimize_address)
2791 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2792 DEFHOOK
2793 (delegitimize_address,
2794 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2795 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2796 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2797 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2798 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2799 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2800 into their original form.",
2801 rtx, (rtx x),
2802 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2804 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2805 section. */
2806 DEFHOOK
2807 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2808 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2809 debug sections.",
2810 bool, (rtx x),
2811 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2813 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2814 DEFHOOK
2815 (legitimate_address_p,
2816 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2817 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2819 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2820 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2821 desired by the caller.\n\
2823 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2824 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2825 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2826 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2827 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2828 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2829 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2830 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2832 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2833 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2834 register is required.\n\
2836 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2837 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2838 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2839 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2840 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2842 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2843 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2844 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2845 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2846 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2848 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2849 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2850 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2851 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2852 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2853 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2854 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2855 Format}.\n\
2857 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2858 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2859 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2860 has this syntax:\n\
2862 @example\n\
2863 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2864 @end example\n\
2866 @noindent\n\
2867 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2868 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2870 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2871 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2872 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2873 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2874 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2876 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2877 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2878 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2879 default_legitimate_address_p)
2881 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2882 DEFHOOK
2883 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2884 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2885 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2886 of @var{x}.\n\
2888 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2889 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2890 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2892 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2893 DEFHOOK
2894 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2895 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2896 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2898 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2899 bool, (const_tree decl),
2900 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2902 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2903 DEFHOOKPOD
2904 (min_anchor_offset,
2905 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2906 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2907 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2908 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2909 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2911 DEFHOOKPOD
2912 (max_anchor_offset,
2913 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2914 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2915 value is 0.",
2916 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2918 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2919 DEFHOOK
2920 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2921 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2922 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2923 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2925 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2926 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2927 or target-specific sections.",
2928 bool, (const_rtx x),
2929 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2931 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2932 DEFHOOK
2933 (has_ifunc_p,
2934 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2935 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2936 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2937 bool, (void),
2938 default_has_ifunc_p)
2940 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2941 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2942 this is an indirect call. */
2943 DEFHOOK
2944 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2945 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2946 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2947 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2949 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2950 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2951 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2952 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2953 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2954 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2955 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2956 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2958 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2959 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2960 level, outside of any function scope. */
2961 DEFHOOK
2962 (set_current_function,
2963 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2964 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2965 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2966 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2967 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2968 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2969 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2970 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2971 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2973 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2974 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2975 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2976 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2977 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2978 outside of any function scope.",
2979 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2981 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2982 DEFHOOK
2983 (in_small_data_p,
2984 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2985 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2986 bool, (const_tree exp),
2987 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2989 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2990 to the current executable or shared library. */
2991 DEFHOOK
2992 (binds_local_p,
2993 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2994 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2995 or executable image).\n\
2997 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2998 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2999 currently supported object file formats.",
3000 bool, (const_tree exp),
3001 default_binds_local_p)
3003 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3004 DEFHOOK
3005 (profile_before_prologue,
3006 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3007 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3008 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3009 bool, (void),
3010 default_profile_before_prologue)
3012 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3013 enabled. */
3014 DEFHOOK
3015 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3016 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3017 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3018 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3019 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3020 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3021 bool, (void),
3022 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3024 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3025 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3026 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3027 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3028 DEFHOOK
3029 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3030 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3031 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3032 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3033 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3034 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3035 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3036 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3037 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3038 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3040 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3041 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3042 DEFHOOK
3043 (encode_section_info,
3044 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3045 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3046 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3048 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3049 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3050 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3051 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3052 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3054 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3055 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3056 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3057 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3058 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3059 leave it alone.)\n\
3061 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3062 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3063 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3064 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3065 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3066 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3068 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3069 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3070 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3071 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3072 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3073 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3075 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3076 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3077 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3078 before overriding it.",
3079 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3080 default_encode_section_info)
3082 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3083 DEFHOOK
3084 (strip_name_encoding,
3085 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3086 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3087 may have added.",
3088 const char *, (const char *name),
3089 default_strip_name_encoding)
3091 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3092 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3093 DEFHOOK
3094 (shift_truncation_mask,
3095 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3096 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3097 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3099 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3100 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3101 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3102 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3103 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3104 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3106 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3107 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3108 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3110 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3111 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3112 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3113 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3114 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3115 by overriding it.",
3116 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3117 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3119 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3120 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3121 the reciprocal. */
3122 DEFHOOK
3123 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3124 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3125 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3126 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3127 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3128 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3129 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3130 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3131 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3133 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3134 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3135 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3136 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3137 necessarily defined at this point. */
3138 DEFHOOK
3139 (mode_rep_extended,
3140 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3141 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3142 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3143 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3144 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3145 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3146 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3147 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3148 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3149 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3151 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3152 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3153 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3154 @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3156 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3157 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3158 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3159 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3160 extension.\n\
3162 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3163 @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3164 @code{mode}.",
3165 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3166 default_mode_rep_extended)
3168 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3169 DEFHOOK
3170 (valid_pointer_mode,
3171 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3172 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3173 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3174 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3175 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3177 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3178 DEFHOOK
3179 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3180 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3181 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3182 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3183 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3184 a pointer to int.",
3185 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3186 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3188 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3189 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3190 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3191 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3193 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3194 DEFHOOK
3195 (pointer_mode,
3196 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3197 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3198 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3199 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3200 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3202 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3203 DEFHOOK
3204 (address_mode,
3205 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3206 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3207 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3208 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3209 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3211 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3212 in another address space. */
3213 DEFHOOK
3214 (valid_pointer_mode,
3215 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3216 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3217 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3218 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3219 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3220 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3221 target hooks for the given address space.",
3222 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3223 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3225 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3226 space for a given mode. */
3227 DEFHOOK
3228 (legitimate_address_p,
3229 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3230 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3231 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3232 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3233 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3234 explicit named address space support.",
3235 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3236 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3238 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3239 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3240 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (legitimize_address,
3243 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3244 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3245 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3246 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3247 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3248 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3250 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (subset_p,
3253 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3254 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3255 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3256 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3257 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3258 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3259 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3260 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3262 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3263 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3264 DEFHOOK
3265 (zero_address_valid,
3266 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3267 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3268 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3269 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3271 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3272 DEFHOOK
3273 (convert,
3274 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3275 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3276 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3277 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3278 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3279 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3280 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3281 default_addr_space_convert)
3283 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3284 DEFHOOK
3285 (debug,
3286 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3287 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3288 int, (addr_space_t as),
3289 default_addr_space_debug)
3291 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3292 DEFHOOK
3293 (diagnose_usage,
3294 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3295 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3296 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3297 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3298 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3299 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3300 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3301 The default implementation does nothing.",
3302 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3303 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3305 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3307 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3308 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3310 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3311 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3312 the arithmetic is supported. */
3313 DEFHOOK
3314 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3315 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3316 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3317 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3318 must work.\n\
3320 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3321 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3322 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3323 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3324 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3325 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3327 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3328 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3329 for further details. */
3330 DEFHOOK
3331 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3332 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3333 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3334 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3335 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3336 hook_bool_mode_false)
3338 DEFHOOK
3339 (vector_alignment,
3340 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3341 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3342 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3343 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3344 the vector element type.",
3345 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3346 default_vector_alignment)
3348 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3349 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3350 DEFHOOK
3351 (array_mode_supported_p,
3352 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3353 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3354 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3355 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3357 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3358 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3359 has operations like:\n\
3361 @smallexample\n\
3362 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3363 @end smallexample\n\
3365 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3367 @smallexample\n\
3368 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3369 @{\n\
3370 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3371 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3372 @end smallexample\n\
3374 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3375 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3376 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3377 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3378 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3380 DEFHOOK
3381 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3382 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3383 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3384 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3385 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3386 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3387 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3388 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3390 DEFHOOK
3391 (floatn_mode,
3392 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3393 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3394 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3395 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3396 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3397 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3398 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3399 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3400 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3401 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3402 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3403 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3404 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3405 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3406 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3407 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3408 default_floatn_mode)
3410 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3411 TO, using MODE. */
3412 DEFHOOK
3413 (register_move_cost,
3414 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3415 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3416 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3417 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3418 that.\n\
3420 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3421 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3422 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3424 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3425 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3426 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3427 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3428 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3429 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3431 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3432 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3433 default_register_move_cost)
3435 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3436 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3437 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3438 DEFHOOK
3439 (memory_move_cost,
3440 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3441 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3442 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3443 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3444 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3445 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3447 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3448 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3449 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3450 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3451 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3452 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3454 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3455 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3456 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3457 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3458 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3459 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3460 are the same as to this target hook.",
3461 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3462 default_memory_move_cost)
3464 DEFHOOK
3465 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3466 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3467 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3468 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3469 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3470 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3471 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3472 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3474 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3475 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3476 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3477 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3478 units.\n\
3480 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3481 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3482 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3483 under consideration.\n\
3485 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3486 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3488 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3489 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3490 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3491 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3492 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3493 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3495 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3496 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3497 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3498 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3499 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3500 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3502 DEFHOOK
3503 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3504 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3505 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3506 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3507 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3508 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3509 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3510 negative number from this hook.",
3511 int, (machine_mode mode),
3512 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3514 DEFHOOK
3515 (slow_unaligned_access,
3516 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3517 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3518 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3519 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3520 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3522 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3523 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3524 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3525 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3526 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3528 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3529 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3530 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3531 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3533 DEFHOOK
3534 (optab_supported_p,
3535 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3536 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3537 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3538 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3539 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3541 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3542 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3543 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3545 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3546 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3547 optimization_type opt_type),
3548 default_optab_supported_p)
3550 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3551 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3552 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3553 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3554 DEFHOOK
3555 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3556 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3557 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3558 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3559 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3560 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3561 for any mode.\n\
3563 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3564 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3565 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3566 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3567 insn.\n\
3569 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3570 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3571 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3572 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3573 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3574 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3575 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3576 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3577 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3579 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3580 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3581 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3582 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3583 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3584 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3585 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3586 hook_bool_mode_false)
3588 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3589 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3590 DEFHOOKPOD
3591 (flags_regnum,
3592 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3593 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3594 appropriately.",
3595 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3597 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3598 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3599 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3600 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3601 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3602 DEFHOOK
3603 (rtx_costs,
3604 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3606 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3607 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3608 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3609 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3610 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3611 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3612 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3614 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3615 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3617 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3618 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3619 instructions.\n\
3621 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3622 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3623 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3624 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3625 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3627 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3628 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3629 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3631 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3632 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3633 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3634 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3636 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3637 invalid addresses. */
3638 DEFHOOK
3639 (address_cost,
3640 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3641 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3642 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3644 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3645 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3646 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3647 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3649 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3650 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3651 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3653 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3654 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3655 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3656 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3657 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3658 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3659 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3660 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3662 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3664 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3665 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3666 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3667 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3668 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3669 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3670 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3671 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3672 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3673 default_address_cost)
3675 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3676 well defined units. */
3677 DEFHOOK
3678 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3679 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3680 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3681 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3682 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3683 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3684 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3685 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3686 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3687 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3689 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3690 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3691 were true.\n\
3693 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3694 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3695 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3696 unsigned int, (edge e),
3697 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3699 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3700 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3701 DEFHOOK
3702 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3703 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3704 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3705 @code{if_info}.",
3706 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3707 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3709 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3710 scheduling. */
3711 DEFHOOK
3712 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3713 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3714 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3715 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3716 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3717 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3718 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3719 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3720 hook_bool_void_false)
3722 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3723 DEFHOOK
3724 (allocate_initial_value,
3725 "\n\
3726 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3727 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3728 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3729 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3730 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3731 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3732 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3733 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3734 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3735 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3736 @code{MEM}.\n\
3737 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3738 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3739 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3740 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3741 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3742 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3743 allocation.",
3744 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3746 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3747 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3748 DEFHOOK
3749 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3750 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3751 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3752 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3753 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3754 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3755 passed along.",
3756 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3757 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3759 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3760 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3761 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3762 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3763 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3764 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3765 DEFHOOK
3766 (dwarf_register_span,
3767 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3768 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3769 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3770 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3771 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3772 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3773 rtx, (rtx reg),
3774 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3776 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3777 register. */
3778 DEFHOOK
3779 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3780 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3781 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3782 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3783 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3784 machine_mode, (int regno),
3785 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3787 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3788 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3789 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3790 code, given the address of the table. */
3791 DEFHOOK
3792 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3793 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3794 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3795 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3796 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3797 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3798 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3799 void, (tree address),
3800 hook_void_tree)
3802 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3803 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3804 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3805 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3806 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3807 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3808 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3809 DEFHOOK
3810 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3811 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3812 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3813 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3814 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3815 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3816 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3817 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3818 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3819 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3820 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3822 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3823 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3824 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3826 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3827 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3828 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3829 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3830 VOIDmode. */
3831 DEFHOOK
3832 (cc_modes_compatible,
3833 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3834 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3835 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3836 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3837 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3838 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3840 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3841 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3842 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3843 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3844 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3846 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3847 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3848 DEFHOOK
3849 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3850 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3851 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3852 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3854 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3855 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3856 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3857 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3859 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3860 definition is null.",
3861 void, (void), NULL)
3863 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3864 DEFHOOK
3865 (build_builtin_va_list,
3866 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3867 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3868 tree, (void),
3869 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3871 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3872 DEFHOOK
3873 (enum_va_list_p,
3874 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3875 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3876 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3877 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3878 variable.\n\
3879 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3880 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3881 internal type.\n\
3882 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3883 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3884 macro to iterate through all types.",
3885 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3886 NULL)
3888 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3889 DEFHOOK
3890 (fn_abi_va_list,
3891 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3892 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3893 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3894 tree, (tree fndecl),
3895 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3897 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3898 DEFHOOK
3899 (canonical_va_list_type,
3900 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3901 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3902 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3903 tree, (tree type),
3904 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3906 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3907 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3908 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3909 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3910 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3912 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3913 DEFHOOK
3914 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3915 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3916 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3917 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3918 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3919 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3920 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3922 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3923 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3924 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3925 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3926 or an error message if not. */
3927 DEFHOOK
3928 (get_pch_validity,
3929 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3930 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3931 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3932 void *, (size_t *sz),
3933 default_get_pch_validity)
3935 DEFHOOK
3936 (pch_valid_p,
3937 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3938 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3939 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3940 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3942 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3943 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3944 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3945 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3947 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3948 suitable for most targets.",
3949 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3950 default_pch_valid_p)
3952 DEFHOOK
3953 (prepare_pch_save,
3954 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3955 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3956 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3957 to do anything here.",
3958 void, (void),
3959 hook_void_void)
3961 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3962 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3963 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3964 DEFHOOK
3965 (check_pch_target_flags,
3966 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3967 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3968 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3969 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3970 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
3971 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3973 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3974 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3975 that type. */
3976 DEFHOOK
3977 (default_short_enums,
3978 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3979 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3980 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3981 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3983 The default is to return false.",
3984 bool, (void),
3985 hook_bool_void_false)
3987 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3988 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3989 DEFHOOK
3990 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
3991 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3992 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3993 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3994 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3995 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
3996 rtx, (void),
3997 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3999 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4000 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4001 DEFHOOK
4002 (md_asm_adjust,
4003 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4004 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4005 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4006 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4008 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4009 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4010 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4011 rtx_insn *,
4012 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4013 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4014 NULL)
4016 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4017 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4018 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4019 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4020 the function is being declared as an int. */
4021 DEFHOOK
4022 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4023 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4024 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4025 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4026 int, (const_tree function),
4027 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4029 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4030 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4031 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4032 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4034 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4035 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4036 DEFHOOK
4037 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4038 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4039 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4040 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4041 @smallexample\n\
4042 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4043 @end smallexample\n\
4044 and\n\
4045 @smallexample\n\
4046 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4047 @end smallexample\n\
4048 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4049 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4050 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4051 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4053 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4054 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4055 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4056 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4057 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4058 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4059 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4061 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4062 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4063 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4064 DEFHOOK
4065 (stack_protect_guard,
4066 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4067 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4068 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4069 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4070 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4072 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4073 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4074 tree, (void),
4075 default_stack_protect_guard)
4077 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4078 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4079 DEFHOOK
4080 (stack_protect_fail,
4081 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4082 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4083 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4085 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4086 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4087 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4088 tree, (void),
4089 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4091 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4092 protector runtime support. */
4093 DEFHOOK
4094 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4095 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4096 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4097 bool, (void),
4098 hook_bool_void_true)
4100 DEFHOOK
4101 (can_use_doloop_p,
4102 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4103 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4104 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4105 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4106 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4107 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4108 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4110 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4111 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4112 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4113 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4114 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4115 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4117 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4118 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4119 DEFHOOK
4120 (invalid_within_doloop,
4121 "\n\
4122 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4123 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4124 could not be applied.\n\
4126 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4127 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4128 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4129 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4130 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4131 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4132 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4134 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4135 DEFHOOK
4136 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4137 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4138 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4139 default is to accept all instructions.",
4140 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4141 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4143 DEFHOOK
4144 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4145 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4146 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4147 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4148 bool, (const_tree decl),
4149 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4151 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4152 value. */
4153 DEFHOOKPOD
4154 (const_anchor,
4155 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4156 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4157 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4158 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4159 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4160 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4161 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4162 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4163 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4164 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4165 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4166 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4167 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4168 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4169 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4172 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4173 DEFHOOK
4174 (memmodel_check,
4175 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4176 memory model bits are allowed.",
4177 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4179 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4180 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4181 supported by the target. */
4182 DEFHOOK
4183 (asan_shadow_offset,
4184 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4185 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4186 supported by the target.",
4187 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4188 NULL)
4190 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4191 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4192 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4194 DEFHOOK
4195 (promote_function_mode,
4196 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4197 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4198 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4199 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4200 pointer} types.\n\
4202 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4203 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4204 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4205 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4206 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4207 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4208 the signedness may be different.\n\
4210 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4212 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4213 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4214 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4215 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4216 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4217 default_promote_function_mode)
4219 DEFHOOK
4220 (promote_prototypes,
4221 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4222 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4223 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4224 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4225 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4226 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4227 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4229 DEFHOOK
4230 (struct_value_rtx,
4231 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4232 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4233 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4234 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4235 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4236 argument.\n\
4238 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4239 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4240 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4241 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4242 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4243 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4244 the caller.\n\
4246 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4247 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4248 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4249 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4250 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4251 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4252 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4254 DEFHOOKPOD
4255 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4256 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4257 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4258 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4259 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4260 undesirable on your target.",
4261 bool, false)
4263 DEFHOOK
4264 (return_in_memory,
4265 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4266 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4267 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4268 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4269 libcalls.\n\
4271 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4272 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4273 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4274 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4275 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4276 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4278 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4279 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4280 to indicate this.",
4281 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4282 default_return_in_memory)
4284 DEFHOOK
4285 (return_in_msb,
4286 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4287 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4288 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4289 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4291 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4292 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4293 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4294 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4295 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4296 bool, (const_tree type),
4297 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4299 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4300 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4301 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4302 DEFHOOK
4303 (pass_by_reference,
4304 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4305 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4306 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4307 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4309 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4310 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4311 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4312 to that type.",
4313 bool,
4314 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4315 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4317 DEFHOOK
4318 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4319 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4320 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4321 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4322 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4323 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4324 rtx, (void),
4325 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4327 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4328 DEFHOOK
4329 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4330 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4331 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4332 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4333 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4334 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4335 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4336 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4338 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4339 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4340 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4341 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4343 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4344 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4345 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4346 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4347 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4348 frame.\n\
4350 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4351 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4352 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4353 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4354 for all data types.\n\
4356 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4357 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4358 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4359 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4360 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4361 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4362 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4363 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4365 DEFHOOK
4366 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4367 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4368 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4369 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4370 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4371 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4372 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4373 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4374 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4375 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4377 DEFHOOK
4378 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4379 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4380 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4381 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4382 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4383 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4384 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4385 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4386 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4387 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4389 DEFHOOK
4390 (load_returned_bounds,
4391 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4392 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4393 loaded bounds.",
4394 rtx, (rtx slot),
4395 default_load_returned_bounds)
4397 DEFHOOK
4398 (store_returned_bounds,
4399 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4400 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4401 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4402 default_store_returned_bounds)
4404 DEFHOOK
4405 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4406 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4407 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4408 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4409 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4410 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4411 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4413 DEFHOOK
4414 (call_args,
4415 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4416 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4417 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4418 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4419 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4420 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4421 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4422 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4423 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4424 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4425 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4426 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4427 void, (rtx, tree),
4428 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4430 DEFHOOK
4431 (end_call_args,
4432 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4433 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4434 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4435 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4436 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4437 void, (void),
4438 hook_void_void)
4440 DEFHOOK
4441 (strict_argument_naming,
4442 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4443 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4445 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4446 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4447 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4448 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4449 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4450 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4451 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4453 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4454 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4455 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4457 /* Returns true if we should use
4458 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4459 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4460 DEFHOOK
4461 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4462 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4463 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4464 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4465 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4466 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4467 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4468 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4469 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4471 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4472 should be passed as two scalars. */
4473 DEFHOOK
4474 (split_complex_arg,
4475 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4476 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4477 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4478 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4479 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4480 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4481 point register.\n\
4483 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4484 false.",
4485 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4487 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4488 but must be passed on the stack. */
4489 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4490 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4491 DEFHOOK
4492 (must_pass_in_stack,
4493 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4494 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4495 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4496 documentation.",
4497 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4498 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4500 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4501 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4502 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4503 DEFHOOK
4504 (callee_copies,
4505 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4506 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4507 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4508 by the caller.\n\
4510 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4511 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4512 not be generated.\n\
4514 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4515 bool,
4516 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4517 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4519 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4520 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4521 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4522 DEFHOOK
4523 (arg_partial_bytes,
4524 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4525 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4526 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4527 pushed on the stack.\n\
4529 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4530 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4531 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4532 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4533 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4534 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4535 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4537 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4538 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4539 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4540 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4541 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4543 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4544 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4545 argument. */
4546 DEFHOOK
4547 (function_arg_advance,
4548 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4549 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4550 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4551 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4552 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4554 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4555 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4556 used for arguments without any special help.",
4557 void,
4558 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4559 default_function_arg_advance)
4561 DEFHOOK
4562 (function_arg_padding,
4563 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4564 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4565 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4566 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4568 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4569 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4570 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4572 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4573 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4574 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4575 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4576 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4577 default_function_arg_padding)
4579 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4580 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4581 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4582 argument. */
4583 DEFHOOK
4584 (function_arg,
4585 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4586 register and if so, which register.\n\
4588 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4589 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4590 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4591 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4592 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4593 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4594 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4595 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4597 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4598 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4599 on the stack.\n\
4601 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4602 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4603 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4604 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4605 for more information.\n\
4607 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4608 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4609 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4610 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4611 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4612 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4613 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4614 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4615 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4616 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4617 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4618 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4619 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4621 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4622 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4623 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4625 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4626 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4627 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4628 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4629 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4630 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4632 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4633 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4634 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4635 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4636 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4637 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4638 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4639 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4640 a register.",
4641 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4642 bool named),
4643 default_function_arg)
4645 DEFHOOK
4646 (function_incoming_arg,
4647 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4648 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4649 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4650 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4652 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4653 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4654 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4655 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4656 arrive.\n\
4658 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4659 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4660 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4662 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4663 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4664 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4665 bool named),
4666 default_function_incoming_arg)
4668 DEFHOOK
4669 (function_arg_boundary,
4670 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4671 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4672 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4673 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4674 default_function_arg_boundary)
4676 DEFHOOK
4677 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4678 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4679 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4680 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4681 value.",
4682 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4683 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4685 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4686 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4687 DEFHOOK
4688 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4689 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4690 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4691 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4692 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4693 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4695 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4696 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4697 DEFHOOK
4698 (function_value,
4699 "\n\
4700 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4701 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4702 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4703 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4704 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4705 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4706 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4707 a function returns a value.\n\
4709 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4710 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4711 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4712 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4713 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4714 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4715 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4716 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4717 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4718 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4719 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4720 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4722 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4723 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4724 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4726 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4727 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4728 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4729 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4730 known.\n\
4732 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4733 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4734 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4735 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4737 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4738 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4739 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4740 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4741 default_function_value)
4743 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4744 DEFHOOK
4745 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4746 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4747 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4748 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4749 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4750 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4752 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4753 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4754 DEFHOOK
4755 (libcall_value,
4756 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4757 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4759 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4760 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4761 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4763 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4764 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4765 default_libcall_value)
4767 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4768 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4769 DEFHOOK
4770 (function_value_regno_p,
4771 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4772 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4774 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4775 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4776 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4778 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4779 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4780 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4782 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4783 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4784 default_function_value_regno_p)
4786 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4787 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4788 (internal_arg_pointer,
4789 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4790 current function.",
4791 rtx, (void),
4792 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4794 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4795 DEFHOOK
4796 (update_stack_boundary,
4797 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4798 necessary.",
4799 void, (void), NULL)
4801 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4802 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4803 DEFHOOK
4804 (get_drap_rtx,
4805 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4806 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4807 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4808 is needed.",
4809 rtx, (void), NULL)
4811 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4812 stack. */
4813 DEFHOOK
4814 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4815 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4816 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4817 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4818 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4819 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4820 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4821 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4822 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4823 bool, (void),
4824 hook_bool_void_true)
4826 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4827 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4828 DEFHOOK
4829 (static_chain,
4830 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4831 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4832 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4833 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4834 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4836 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4838 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4839 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4840 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4841 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4842 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4843 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4844 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4845 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4846 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4847 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4848 to refer to those items.",
4849 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4850 default_static_chain)
4852 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4853 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4854 DEFHOOK
4855 (trampoline_init,
4856 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4857 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4858 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4859 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4860 when it is called.\n\
4862 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4863 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4864 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4865 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4866 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4867 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4869 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4870 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4871 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4872 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4873 default_trampoline_init)
4875 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4876 DEFHOOK
4877 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4878 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4879 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4880 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4881 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4882 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4883 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4884 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4885 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4887 DEFHOOKPOD
4888 (custom_function_descriptors,
4889 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4890 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4891 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4892 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4893 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4894 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4895 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4896 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4897 it to be made executable.\n\
4899 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4900 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4901 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4902 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4903 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4904 int, -1)
4906 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4907 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4908 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4909 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
4910 DEFHOOK
4911 (return_pops_args,
4912 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4913 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4914 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4916 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4917 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4918 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4919 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4921 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4922 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4923 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4924 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4925 arguments (if known).\n\
4927 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4928 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4929 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4930 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4931 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4932 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4934 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4935 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4936 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4938 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4939 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4940 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4941 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4942 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4943 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4944 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4945 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4946 number of arguments.",
4947 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4948 default_return_pops_args)
4950 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4951 returned. */
4952 DEFHOOK
4953 (get_raw_result_mode,
4954 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4955 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4956 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
4957 machine_mode, (int regno),
4958 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4960 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4961 passed. */
4962 DEFHOOK
4963 (get_raw_arg_mode,
4964 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4965 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4966 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
4967 machine_mode, (int regno),
4968 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4970 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4972 DEFHOOK
4973 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4974 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4975 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4976 bool, (void),
4977 hook_bool_void_false)
4979 DEFHOOK
4980 (init_pic_reg,
4981 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4982 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4983 void, (void),
4984 hook_void_void)
4986 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4987 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4988 DEFHOOK
4989 (invalid_conversion,
4990 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4991 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4992 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
4993 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4994 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4996 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4997 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4998 DEFHOOK
4999 (invalid_unary_op,
5000 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5001 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5002 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5003 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5004 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5005 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5007 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5008 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5009 DEFHOOK
5010 (invalid_binary_op,
5011 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5012 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5013 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5014 the front end.",
5015 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5016 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5018 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5019 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5020 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5021 DEFHOOK
5022 (promoted_type,
5023 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5024 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5025 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5026 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5027 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5028 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5029 tree, (const_tree type),
5030 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5032 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5033 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5034 the standard conversion rules. */
5035 DEFHOOK
5036 (convert_to_type,
5037 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5038 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5039 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5040 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5041 conversion rules.\n\
5042 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5043 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5044 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5046 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5047 DEFHOOK
5048 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5049 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5050 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5052 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5053 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5054 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5056 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5057 DEFHOOK
5058 (lra_p,
5059 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5061 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5062 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5063 bool, (void),
5064 default_lra_p)
5066 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5067 DEFHOOK
5068 (register_priority,
5069 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5070 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5071 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5072 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5073 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5074 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5075 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5076 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5078 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5079 int, (int),
5080 default_register_priority)
5082 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5083 DEFHOOK
5084 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5085 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5086 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5087 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5088 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5089 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5090 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5091 optimizations.\
5093 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5094 bool, (void),
5095 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5097 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5098 DEFHOOK
5099 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5100 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5101 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5102 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5103 the insn.\
5105 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5106 bool, (void),
5107 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5109 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5110 instead of memory. */
5111 DEFHOOK
5112 (spill_class,
5113 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5114 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5115 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5116 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5117 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5118 NULL)
5120 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5121 DEFHOOK
5122 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5123 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5124 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5125 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5126 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5127 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5128 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5129 bool, (reg_class_t),
5130 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5132 DEFHOOK
5133 (cstore_mode,
5134 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5135 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5136 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5137 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5138 patterns.",
5139 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5140 default_cstore_mode)
5142 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5143 classes to use. */
5144 DEFHOOK
5145 (compute_pressure_classes,
5146 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5147 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5148 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5149 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5150 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5152 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5153 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5154 DEFHOOK
5155 (member_type_forces_blk,
5156 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5157 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5159 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5160 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5161 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5162 retain the field's mode.\n\
5164 Normally, this is not needed.",
5165 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5166 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5168 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5169 that gate the divod transform. */
5170 DEFHOOK
5171 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5172 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5173 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5174 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5175 NULL)
5177 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5178 DEFHOOK
5179 (secondary_reload,
5180 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5181 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5182 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5183 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5184 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5185 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5186 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5187 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5188 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5189 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5190 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5191 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5193 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5194 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5195 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5196 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5197 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5198 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5199 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5200 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5201 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5202 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5204 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5206 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5207 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5208 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5209 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5210 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5212 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5213 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5214 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5215 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5216 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5217 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5219 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5220 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5221 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5222 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5223 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5225 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5226 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5227 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5228 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5229 single-register-class\n\
5230 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5231 output constraint.\n\
5233 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5234 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5235 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5236 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5238 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5239 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5240 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5241 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5242 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5243 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5244 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5245 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5248 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5249 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5250 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5251 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5253 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5254 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5255 to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5257 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5258 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5259 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5260 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5261 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5262 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5263 reg_class_t,
5264 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5265 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5266 default_secondary_reload)
5268 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5269 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5270 DEFHOOK
5271 (preferred_reload_class,
5272 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5273 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5274 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5275 another, smaller class.\n\
5277 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5279 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5280 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5281 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5282 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5283 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5285 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5286 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5287 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5288 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5289 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5290 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5291 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5292 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5293 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5294 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5295 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5297 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5298 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5299 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5300 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5301 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5302 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5303 reg_class_t,
5304 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5305 default_preferred_reload_class)
5307 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5308 input reloads. */
5309 DEFHOOK
5310 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5311 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5312 input reloads.\n\
5314 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5315 argument.\n\
5317 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5318 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5319 reg_class_t,
5320 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5321 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5323 DEFHOOK
5324 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5325 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5326 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5327 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5329 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5330 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5331 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5332 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5333 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5335 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5336 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5337 pressure.",
5338 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5339 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5341 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5342 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5343 DEFHOOK
5344 (class_max_nregs,
5345 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5346 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5348 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5349 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5350 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5351 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5352 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5354 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5355 in the reload pass.\n\
5357 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5358 in words.",
5359 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5360 default_class_max_nregs)
5362 DEFHOOK
5363 (preferred_rename_class,
5364 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5365 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5366 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5367 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5368 is not implemented.\
5369 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5370 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5371 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5372 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5373 be reduced.",
5374 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5375 default_preferred_rename_class)
5377 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5378 during register allocation. */
5379 DEFHOOK
5380 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5381 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5382 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5383 register allocation.\n\
5384 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5385 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5386 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5387 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5388 bool, (rtx subst),
5389 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5391 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5392 displacement addressing. */
5393 DEFHOOK
5394 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5395 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5396 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5397 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5398 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5399 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5400 addressing.",
5401 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5402 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5404 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5405 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5406 DEFHOOK
5407 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5408 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5409 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5410 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5411 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5412 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5413 usage.",
5414 void, (void),
5415 hook_void_void)
5417 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5418 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5419 but will be later. */
5420 DEFHOOK
5421 (instantiate_decls,
5422 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5423 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5424 void, (void),
5425 hook_void_void)
5427 DEFHOOK
5428 (hard_regno_nregs,
5429 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5430 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5431 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5432 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5433 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS}\n\
5434 instead.\n\
5436 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5437 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5438 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5440 DEFHOOK
5441 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5442 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5443 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5444 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5445 unconditionally.\n\
5447 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5448 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5450 @cindex register pairs\n\
5451 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5452 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5453 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5455 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5456 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5457 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5458 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5460 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5461 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5462 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5463 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5464 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5465 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5466 modes to be tieable.\n\
5468 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5469 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5470 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5471 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5472 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5473 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5475 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5476 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5477 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5478 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5479 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5480 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5481 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5482 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5483 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5485 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5486 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5487 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5488 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5489 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5491 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5492 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5493 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5494 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5495 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5496 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5497 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5499 DEFHOOK
5500 (modes_tieable_p,
5501 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5502 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5504 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5505 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5506 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5507 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5508 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5509 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5510 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5512 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5513 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5514 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5515 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5516 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5518 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5519 in peephole2. */
5520 DEFHOOK
5521 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5522 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5523 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5525 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5526 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5528 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5529 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5530 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5532 DEFHOOK
5533 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5534 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5535 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5536 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5537 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5538 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5540 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5541 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5542 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5543 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5545 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5546 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5547 DEFHOOK
5548 (case_values_threshold,
5549 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5550 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5551 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5552 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5553 unsigned int, (void),
5554 default_case_values_threshold)
5556 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5557 DEFHOOK
5558 (compute_frame_layout,
5559 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5560 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5561 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5562 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5563 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5564 this callback is optional.",
5565 void, (void),
5566 hook_void_void)
5568 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5569 DEFHOOK
5570 (frame_pointer_required,
5571 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5572 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5573 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5575 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5576 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5577 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5578 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5579 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5580 pointer.\n\
5582 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5583 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5584 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5585 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5586 them.\n\
5588 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5589 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5590 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5592 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5593 bool, (void),
5594 hook_bool_void_false)
5596 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5597 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5598 DEFHOOK
5599 (can_eliminate,
5600 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5601 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5602 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5603 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5604 knows about.\n\
5606 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5607 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5608 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5610 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5611 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5612 target. */
5613 DEFHOOK
5614 (conditional_register_usage,
5615 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5616 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5617 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5618 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5619 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5620 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5621 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5622 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5623 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5624 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5625 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5626 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5627 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5628 command options have been applied.\n\
5630 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5631 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5632 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5633 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5634 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5635 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5636 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5637 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5639 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5640 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5641 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5642 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5643 void, (void),
5644 hook_void_void)
5646 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5647 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5648 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5649 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5651 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5652 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5653 (mode_for_suffix,
5654 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5655 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5656 machine_mode, (char c),
5657 default_mode_for_suffix)
5659 DEFHOOK
5660 (excess_precision,
5661 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5662 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5663 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5664 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5665 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5666 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5667 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5668 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5669 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5670 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5671 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5672 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5673 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5674 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5675 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5676 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5677 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5678 default_excess_precision)
5680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5682 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5687 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5688 DEFHOOK
5689 (guard_type,
5690 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5691 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5692 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5693 tree, (void),
5694 default_cxx_guard_type)
5696 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5697 DEFHOOK
5698 (guard_mask_bit,
5699 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5700 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5701 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5702 bool, (void),
5703 hook_bool_void_false)
5705 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5706 DEFHOOK
5707 (get_cookie_size,
5708 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5709 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5710 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5711 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5712 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5713 tree, (tree type),
5714 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5716 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5717 DEFHOOK
5718 (cookie_has_size,
5719 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5720 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5721 bool, (void),
5722 hook_bool_void_false)
5724 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5725 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5726 DEFHOOK
5727 (import_export_class,
5728 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5729 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5730 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5731 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5732 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5733 backend's targeted operating system.",
5734 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5736 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5737 DEFHOOK
5738 (cdtor_returns_this,
5739 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5740 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5741 @code{false}.",
5742 bool, (void),
5743 hook_bool_void_false)
5745 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5746 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5747 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5748 DEFHOOK
5749 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5750 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5751 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5752 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5753 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5754 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5755 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5756 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5757 bool, (void),
5758 hook_bool_void_true)
5760 DEFHOOK
5761 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5762 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5763 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5764 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5765 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5766 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5767 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5768 void, (tree decl),
5769 hook_void_tree)
5771 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5772 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5773 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5774 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5775 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5776 DEFHOOK
5777 (class_data_always_comdat,
5778 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5779 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5780 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5781 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5782 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5783 bool, (void),
5784 hook_bool_void_true)
5786 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5787 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5788 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5789 DEFHOOK
5790 (library_rtti_comdat,
5791 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5792 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5793 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
5794 bool, (void),
5795 hook_bool_void_true)
5797 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5798 destructors. */
5799 DEFHOOK
5800 (use_aeabi_atexit,
5801 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5802 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5803 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
5804 bool, (void),
5805 hook_bool_void_false)
5807 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5808 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5809 DEFHOOK
5810 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
5811 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5812 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5813 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5814 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5815 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
5816 bool, (void),
5817 hook_bool_void_false)
5819 DEFHOOK
5820 (adjust_class_at_definition,
5821 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5822 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5823 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5824 void, (tree type),
5825 hook_void_tree)
5827 DEFHOOK
5828 (decl_mangling_context,
5829 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5830 tree, (const_tree decl),
5831 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5833 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5835 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5836 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5837 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5838 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5840 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
5841 DEFHOOKPOD
5842 (get_address,
5843 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5844 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5845 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
5846 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5848 DEFHOOKPOD
5849 (register_common,
5850 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5851 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5852 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5853 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5854 registration function to be used.",
5855 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5857 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5858 DEFHOOKPOD
5859 (var_section,
5860 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5861 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5862 any section.",
5863 const char *, NULL)
5865 DEFHOOKPOD
5866 (tmpl_section,
5867 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5868 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5869 section.",
5870 const char *, NULL)
5872 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5873 DEFHOOKPOD
5874 (var_prefix,
5875 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5876 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5877 const char *, NULL)
5879 DEFHOOKPOD
5880 (tmpl_prefix,
5881 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5882 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5883 const char *, NULL)
5885 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5886 DEFHOOK
5887 (var_fields,
5888 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5889 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5890 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5891 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5892 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
5893 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5894 default_emutls_var_fields)
5896 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5897 DEFHOOK
5898 (var_init,
5899 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5900 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5901 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5902 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
5903 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5904 default_emutls_var_init)
5906 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5907 proxy variable. */
5908 DEFHOOKPOD
5909 (var_align_fixed,
5910 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5911 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5912 single objects. The default is false.",
5913 bool, false)
5915 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5916 DEFHOOKPOD
5917 (debug_form_tls_address,
5918 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5919 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
5920 bool, false)
5922 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5924 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5925 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5926 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5928 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5929 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5930 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
5931 DEFHOOK
5932 (valid_attribute_p,
5933 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5934 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5935 These function-specific options may differ\n\
5936 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5937 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5939 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5940 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5941 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
5942 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5943 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5945 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5946 DEFHOOK
5947 (save,
5948 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5949 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
5950 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
5951 @xref{Option file format}.",
5952 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
5954 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5955 structure. */
5956 DEFHOOK
5957 (restore,
5958 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5959 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5960 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5961 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5963 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5964 streamed in. */
5965 DEFHOOK
5966 (post_stream_in,
5967 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5968 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5969 LTO bytecode.",
5970 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5972 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5973 structure. */
5974 DEFHOOK
5975 (print,
5976 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5977 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5978 function-specific options.",
5979 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5981 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
5982 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5983 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5984 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
5985 DEFHOOK
5986 (pragma_parse,
5987 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5988 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5989 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5990 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
5991 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5992 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5994 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
5995 DEFHOOK
5996 (override,
5997 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5998 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5999 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6000 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6002 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6003 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6005 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6006 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6007 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6008 void, (void),
6009 hook_void_void)
6011 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6012 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6013 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6014 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6015 DEFHOOK
6016 (function_versions,
6017 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6018 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6019 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6020 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6021 different target machines.",
6022 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6023 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6025 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6026 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6027 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6028 DEFHOOK
6029 (can_inline_p,
6030 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6031 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6032 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6033 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6034 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6035 default_target_can_inline_p)
6037 DEFHOOK
6038 (relayout_function,
6039 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6040 void, (tree fndecl),
6041 hook_void_tree)
6043 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6045 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6046 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6047 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6048 DEFHOOK
6049 (extra_live_on_entry,
6050 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6051 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6052 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6053 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6054 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6055 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6056 void, (bitmap regs),
6057 hook_void_bitmap)
6059 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6060 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6061 definition. */
6062 DEFHOOKPOD
6063 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6064 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6065 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6066 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6067 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6068 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6069 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6070 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6071 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6072 bool,
6073 false)
6075 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6076 DEFHOOK
6077 (set_up_by_prologue,
6078 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6079 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6080 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6081 NULL)
6083 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6084 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6085 function attribute. */
6086 DEFHOOK
6087 (warn_func_return,
6088 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6089 bool, (tree),
6090 hook_bool_tree_true)
6092 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6093 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6094 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6096 DEFHOOK
6097 (get_separate_components,
6098 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6099 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6100 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6101 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6102 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6103 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6104 sbitmap, (void),
6105 NULL)
6107 DEFHOOK
6108 (components_for_bb,
6109 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6110 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6111 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6112 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6113 NULL)
6115 DEFHOOK
6116 (disqualify_components,
6117 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6118 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6119 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6120 epilogue instead.",
6121 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6122 NULL)
6124 DEFHOOK
6125 (emit_prologue_components,
6126 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6127 void, (sbitmap),
6128 NULL)
6130 DEFHOOK
6131 (emit_epilogue_components,
6132 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6133 void, (sbitmap),
6134 NULL)
6136 DEFHOOK
6137 (set_handled_components,
6138 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6139 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6140 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6141 will be deleted after this call.",
6142 void, (sbitmap),
6143 NULL)
6145 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6146 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6147 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6149 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6150 DEFHOOK
6151 (debug_unwind_info,
6152 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6153 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6154 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6155 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6157 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6158 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6160 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6161 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6162 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6163 default_debug_unwind_info)
6165 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6166 defined at this time. */
6167 DEFHOOK
6168 (canonicalize_comparison,
6169 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6170 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6171 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6172 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6174 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6175 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6176 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6177 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6178 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6179 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6180 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6182 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6183 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6184 @file{md} file.\n\
6186 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6187 comparison code or operands.",
6188 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6189 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6191 DEFHOOK
6192 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6193 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6194 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6195 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6197 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6198 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6199 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6201 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6202 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6203 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6205 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6206 defined to 1.",
6207 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6209 DEFHOOKPOD
6210 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6211 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6212 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6213 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6214 unsigned char, 1)
6216 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6217 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6218 as needed. */
6219 DEFHOOK
6220 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6221 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6222 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6223 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6224 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6225 hook_uint_mode_0)
6227 DEFHOOK
6228 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6229 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6230 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6231 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6232 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6233 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6234 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6235 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6236 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6237 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6238 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6239 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6240 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6241 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6242 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6243 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6244 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6245 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6247 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6249 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6250 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6251 DEFHOOKPOD
6252 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6253 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6254 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6255 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6256 bool, false)
6258 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6259 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6260 DEFHOOKPOD
6261 (have_ctors_dtors,
6262 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6263 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6264 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6265 bool, false)
6267 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6268 DEFHOOKPOD
6269 (have_tls,
6270 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6271 The default value is false.",
6272 bool, false)
6274 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6275 DEFHOOKPOD
6276 (have_srodata_section,
6277 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6278 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6279 bool, false)
6281 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6282 DEFHOOKPOD
6283 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6284 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6285 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6286 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6287 true otherwise.",
6288 bool, true)
6290 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6291 DEFHOOKPOD
6292 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6293 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6294 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6295 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6296 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6297 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6298 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6299 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6301 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6302 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6303 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6304 bool, false)
6306 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6307 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6308 DEFHOOKPOD
6309 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6310 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6311 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6312 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6313 this to be done. The default is false.",
6314 bool, false)
6316 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6317 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6318 DEFHOOKPOD
6319 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6320 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6321 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6322 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6323 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6324 bool, false)
6326 DEFHOOKPOD
6327 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6328 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6329 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6330 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6331 bool, false)
6333 DEFHOOKPOD
6334 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6335 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6336 bool, false)
6338 DEFHOOKPOD
6339 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6340 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6341 bool, false)
6343 DEFHOOKPOD
6344 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6345 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6346 targets.",
6347 bool, false)
6349 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6351 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6352 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6353 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6354 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6356 DEFHOOK
6357 (emit,
6358 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6359 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6361 DEFHOOK
6362 (needed,
6363 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6364 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6366 DEFHOOK
6367 (after,
6368 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6369 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6371 DEFHOOK
6372 (entry,
6373 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6374 int, (int entity), NULL)
6376 DEFHOOK
6377 (exit,
6378 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6379 int, (int entity), NULL)
6381 DEFHOOK
6382 (priority,
6383 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6384 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6386 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6388 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6389 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6391 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6392 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6393 #include "target-insns.def"
6394 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6396 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6397 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6398 #include "target-insns.def"
6399 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6401 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6402 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6403 #include "target-insns.def"
6404 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6406 DEFHOOK
6407 (run_target_selftests,
6408 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6409 void, (void),
6410 NULL)
6412 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6413 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)